Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • DTC Index
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30/6T40 - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.8L (LUW, LWE) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Manual - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Manual Transmission - F17-5 (M26) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Manual Transmission - M20/M32 (MR5, MZ4) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System And Pedestrian Protection System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components
        • Front of Engine Compartment Components
        • Left of Engine Compartment Components
        • Right of Engine Compartment Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100, G103
        • G101
        • G102, G105, G106
        • G104
        • G107
        • G201, G303, G307
        • G300, G301, G302
        • G304
        • G400 (Hatchback)
        • G400 (Notchback)
        • G401 (Hatchback)
        • G401 (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Front of Instrument Panel Components
        • Rear of Instrument Panel Components
        • Under Instrument Panel Components
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
        • Steering Wheel Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Left of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Right of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Luggage Compartment Components (Notchback)
        • Inside Liftgate Components (Hatchback)
        • Inside Decklid Components (Notchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Hatchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Headliner Components
        • Driver Seat Components
        • Passenger Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Front of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Top of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Rear of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Left Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Right Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LWE)
        • Left Rear of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 5 Speed (M26)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 6 Speed (MR5/MZ4)
        • Automatic Transmission Components (MH8 or MH9)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Components
        • Fuel Tank Components
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To E5AA
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (Without AU3)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (AU3)
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (Without AU3)
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (AU3)
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10 Ambient Light Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor ((LUW/LWE)+M26)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor (LUV+MZ4)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B14C Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • B16 Backup Lamp Switch
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19C Brake Booster Vacuum Switch
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MM3)
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MH8 or MH9)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B25B Clutch Pedal Position Sensor
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B34A Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B34B Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MH8)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MZ4)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUW)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor X1
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUW)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera (5HB)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (4NB)
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B119 Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B153D Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
        • B153P Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
        • C1 Battery (+) (Positive Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery (-) (Negative Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4E Headlamp- Left High Beam
        • E4F Headlamp - Right High Beam
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4LR Turn Signal Lamp - Left Rear
        • E4RR Turn Signal Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E5AA Tail/Stop Lamp - Left
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - E5AB To K20 X1 LUV
      • Component Connector End Views
        • E5AB Tail/Stop Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (5HB+TS6)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+D59)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+TS6)
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (4NB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (4NB)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (-WFK)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (-WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (WFK)
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E37B Dome/Reading Lamps - 2nd Row
        • E37A Dome/Reading Lamps (C95)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUV/LUJ)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUW/LWE)
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LUV/LUJ/LSF/LDV/LKU/LKV)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LCU/LWD/LDD/LDC/LDE/LUW/LWE/LFJ/L2N/LED)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LUV)
        • G13 Generator X1
        • G13 Generator X2 (LDE/LFJ/LED/LUW/LWE)
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUV/LUJ)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X1 LUW/LWE To M75
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUW/LWE)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUW)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUW/LWE)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUV/LUJ)
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUW/LWE)
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K38 Chassis Control Module
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2
        • K61 Sunroof Control Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 (UE1)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • M4 Air Inlet Door Actuator X1
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M9 Brake Booster Pump Motor
        • M30 Liftgate Latch
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M45 Rear Wiper Motor
        • M64 Starter Motor X1
        • M64 Starter Motor X2
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - M77D To X85
      • Component Connector End Views
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver (DG6)
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger (DG6)
        • M93 Key Capture Solenoid Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12 Horn
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door ((LHD+(UW4/UW6)))
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+(UW4/UW6))
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUW/LWE)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q22 Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Valve
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • R3 Blower Motor Resistor
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S39 Ignition Switch
        • S46B Liftgate Unlatch Switch (B9U)
        • S48E Multifunction Switch - Center Console
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left (K34)
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S72 Sunroof Switch
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • T4E Cellular Phone and Navigation Antenna (UE1-U2K)
        • T4G Cellular Phone, Navigation, and Digital Radio Antenna (UE1+U2K)
        • T4M Radio Antenna
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Miscellaneous
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Service Information
          • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
          • S2 Transmission Manual Shift Switch
          • S39 Ignition Switch
          • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X301
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Jumper Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LUW/LWE)
        • X200 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X201 EPS Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X202 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X205 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X207 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X208 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • X301 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X302 To X905
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X302 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X350 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • X405 Left Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X406 Right Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X501 Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger OSRVM Harness (DG6)
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness (5HB)
        • X900 Rear Compartment Lid Harness to Body Harness (4NB)
        • X901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness (5HB)
        • X901 License Lamp Harness to Rear Compartment Lid Harness (4NB)
        • X905 Decklid Harness to CHMSL Spoiler Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX200 Splice Pack (4NB)
        • JX200 Splice Pack (5HB)
        • JX201 Splice Pack
        • JX202 Splice Pack
        • JX203 Splice Pack
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1629: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1630: Immobilizer Learn Mode Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS) - United States and Mexico only
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS) - North America only
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Ignition Key
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter (1-5) Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter (6-8) Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Without UEU/UFL)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (With UEU/UFL)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Unlock Doors
          • Lock All Doors
          • Trunk Release, if equipped
          • Power Liftgate, if equipped
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm
          • Remote Vehicle Start, if equipped
          • Enable/Disable Remote Vehicle Start
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Remote Vehicle Start Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Switches and Door Ajar Indicator (Front)
          • Switches and Door Ajar Indicator (Rear)
          • Door Lock Actuators
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release (Notchback)
          • Liftgate Release (Hatchback)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2494: Liftgate Handle Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2730: Interior Trunk Lid Unlatch Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130, or B3135: All Doors Unlock/Lock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140, B3145, B3150, or B3155: Door Unlock/Lock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B314A or B314B: Center Door Unlock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3245: Rear Cargo Door Lock Actuator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Window Unlatch Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hatch Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding, or Locks, Handles, or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Front and Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Bellcrank Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (AXG)
          • Driver/Passenger/Rear Door Ajar (Without AXG)
          • Trunk/Liftgate Ajar
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation
          • Rear Hatch Release Components
          • Rear Hatch Release Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Theft Deterrent
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System And Pedestrian Protection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Forward Collision (UEU) and Lane Departure (UFL)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information Stored Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Communication Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, and Low Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN Bus 2
          • Communication Enable and Linear Interconnect Network (LIN)
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communications, and Subsystem References (1 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (2 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (3 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (4 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (5 of 5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0550: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off/CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Bus B Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18B9-U18BF: Primary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List/Secondary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099: High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2101: CAN Bus Maximum List of Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Chassis High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Low Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Circuit Description
          • Communication Enable Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chassis Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Electronic Brake Control Module or Reprogram Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Special Tools
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Following Replacement of Windshield
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Heating Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Seat Heating Control Module Programming
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Special Tools
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Power Steering Control Module Replacement
          • Power Steering Control Module Reprogramming
        • Radio Programming and Setup (UM7, UH7)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Radio Programming and Setup (UF7)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Valet Mode Reset
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Wiring Schematics
        • Cruise Control (K34)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC P0571: Cruise Control Brake Switch Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0572 or P0573: Brake Switch Circuit 1 Voltage
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0575: Cruise Control Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0703: Brake Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B3794, P0564, P0565, P0567, P0568, P056C, P0580, P0581, P155A-P155C, or P162C: Cruise Control Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
        • Cruise Control Inhibit Reasons
  • Drivers Assistance Systems - ADAS
    • Object Detection System And Pedestrian Protection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Forward Collision (UEU) and Lane Departure (UFL)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information Stored Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Audio Input
          • Antennas
          • Speakers
        • OnStar/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • OnStar
        • Cellular Telephone Wiring Schematics
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio Output Circuits
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1446 or B1447: Replace Backup Power Source Below Minimum Threshold/Backup Power Source Open Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2485: Wireless Communication (BT) Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (without UPF)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (UPF)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Battery Replacement
        • Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Replacement (With U58)
        • Radio Replacement (Without U58)
        • Audio Disc Player and USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Base Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Radio and Telephone Control Switch Replacement
        • Digital Radio, Mobile Telephone, and Vehicle Location Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (if equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Theft Deterrent
          • OnStar® (If equipped)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
          • USB Port (if equipped)
          • MyLink/Intellilink/Cue
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume (If equipped)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
          • Troubleshooting Guide
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Headlamp Controls and Indicators
          • Headlamps
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Fog Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Turn, Hazard, and Brake Lamps Controls and Indicators
          • Park and Front Turn Lamps
          • Tail, Stop, and Rear Turn Signal Lamps
          • License Plate and Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls
          • Dome and Rear Compartment Lamps
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Headlamp, Door Lock and Steering Wheel Switches
          • Center Console, HVAC Module, and Hazard Lamps Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B256A: Liftgate Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257B: Lighting Control Switch Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652: Passenger Compartment Dimming 3 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left Rear/Right Rear Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor/Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Windshield Header Courtesy Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Housing Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement (Without T3U)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Gauges
          • Indicators
          • Air Temperature and Driver Information Center
        • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
          • Audible Warnings
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - Outside Air Temperature Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit General Memory Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3567: Info Display Select Switch Circuit - Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Level Sensor - Fuel Gauge Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0521: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Performance Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Charge Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Information Center Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Multifunction Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Object Detection
          • Additional Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Menu
          • Up and Down
          • Trip A
          • Odometer
          • Language
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicator LIGHT ON
          • Message Displayed
          • Change Timing Belt Message
          • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Fuel Level Gauge
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Driver Information Center Display
  • Headlights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Headlamp Controls and Indicators
          • Headlamps
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Fog Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Turn, Hazard, and Brake Lamps Controls and Indicators
          • Park and Front Turn Lamps
          • Tail, Stop, and Rear Turn Signal Lamps
          • License Plate and Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls
          • Dome and Rear Compartment Lamps
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Headlamp, Door Lock and Steering Wheel Switches
          • Center Console, HVAC Module, and Hazard Lamps Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B256A: Liftgate Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257B: Lighting Control Switch Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652: Passenger Compartment Dimming 3 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left Rear/Right Rear Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor/Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Windshield Header Courtesy Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Housing Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement (Without T3U)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Front Doors
          • Rear Doors (A33)
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0969: Rear Defogger Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B: Driver Window Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Left Side)
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horn
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2750: Horn Relay Secondary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Horns
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Horns
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1629: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1630: Immobilizer Learn Mode Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS) - United States and Mexico only
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS) - North America only
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Ignition Key
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • KET Connectors
          • Connector Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Front Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Housing Replacement
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Audio Input
          • Antennas
          • Speakers
        • OnStar/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • OnStar
        • Cellular Telephone Wiring Schematics
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio Output Circuits
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1446 or B1447: Replace Backup Power Source Below Minimum Threshold/Backup Power Source Open Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2485: Wireless Communication (BT) Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (without UPF)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (UPF)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Battery Replacement
        • Wireless Communication Interface Antenna Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Replacement (With U58)
        • Radio Replacement (Without U58)
        • Audio Disc Player and USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Base Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Radio and Telephone Control Switch Replacement
        • Digital Radio, Mobile Telephone, and Vehicle Location Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (if equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Theft Deterrent
          • OnStar® (If equipped)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
          • USB Port (if equipped)
          • MyLink/Intellilink/Cue
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume (If equipped)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
          • Troubleshooting Guide
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Latch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front End Upper Tie Bar Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment (4 Door Notch Back 69)
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Liftgate Adjustment
        • Liftgate Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Rear Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Primary and Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Latch Housing Replacement
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Torque Rod Replacement
        • Hood Side Seal Replacement
        • Hood Rear Seal Replacement
        • Hood Rear Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Bumper Replacement
        • Front Opening Upper Cover Replacement
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Front Auxiliary Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Body Panel Paint Protector Replacement (VGC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Body Side Upper Front Applique Replacement
        • Liftgate Side Applique Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Applique Replacement
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Tow Eye Access Hole Cover Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Tow Eye Access Hole Cover Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (Sedan)
        • Front Upper Grille Replacement
        • Front Lower Grille Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Opening Cover Replacement (Upper Grille Cover)
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (Hatchback, RS)
        • Roof Panel Joint Finish Molding Replacement
        • Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Hatchback TTV)
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Carpet Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Carpet Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback with Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback without Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan with Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan without Sunroof)
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Upper Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Upper Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Fuse Block Access Hole Cover Replacement (Without AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Fuse Block Access Hole Cover Replacement (With AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Upper Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Pad Cover Replacement (Without AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Pad Cover Replacement (With AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (With U58)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Without U58)
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Intermediate Reinforcement Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Floor Console Cover Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
        • Front Floor Console Cover Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Bracket Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement (Left Side)
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Rear Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Roof Rail Front Assist Handle Replacement
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Rear Seat Back Trim Panel Replacement (with AMA/AM7)
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan)
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Quarter Inner Trim Finish Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Body Side Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Stowage Shelf Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement (Sedan)
        • Luggage Shade Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Liftgate Trim Finish Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Sedan)
        • Cargo Tie Down Loop Replacement
        • Quarter Outer Panel Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Manual Seat Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Front Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement (4 Way Uplevel)
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Cover Replacement (4 Way)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Child Seat Back Cushion Cover Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Guide Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 40% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 60% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Knob Bezel Replacement
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Headlamp Controls and Indicators
          • Headlamps
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Fog Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Turn, Hazard, and Brake Lamps Controls and Indicators
          • Park and Front Turn Lamps
          • Tail, Stop, and Rear Turn Signal Lamps
          • License Plate and Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls
          • Dome and Rear Compartment Lamps
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Headlamp, Door Lock and Steering Wheel Switches
          • Center Console, HVAC Module, and Hazard Lamps Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B256A: Liftgate Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257B: Lighting Control Switch Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2652: Passenger Compartment Dimming 3 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left Rear/Right Rear Turn Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor/Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Windshield Header Courtesy Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Housing Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement (Without T3U)
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1529: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 5 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls Signal Circuit High Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Outside Rearview Mirrors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement (Power)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement (Manual)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Rear Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Remote Control Switch Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Manual Seat Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Front Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement (4 Way Uplevel)
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Cover Replacement (4 Way)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Child Seat Back Cushion Cover Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Guide Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 40% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 60% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Knob Bezel Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats (KA1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1925 or B2170: Seat Cushion Heater Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2345: Seat Heater Disable Circuit Low Voltage/High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Cushion Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B242A: Seat Heaters Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Shed Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1529: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 5 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls Signal Circuit High Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Steering
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
        • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
        • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Sensors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Special Tools
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Front Doors
          • Rear Doors (A33)
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0969: Rear Defogger Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B: Driver Window Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Left Side)
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Wiring Schematics
          • Front Wiper/Washer Control
          • Rear Wiper/Washer Control (Hatchback)
          • Washer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B370B: Rear Wiper Function Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3715 or B3875: Windshield Wiper
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3811: Rear Washer Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3873: Front Washer Relay (without C25)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3873: Front Washer Relay Circuit (with C25)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Windshield Wiper System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Malfunction (without C25)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Malfunction (with C25)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wiper System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Washer System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement
        • Rear Window Washer Nozzle Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Filler Tube Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Rear Window Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
        • Rear Window Wiper Blade Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Windshield Wiper System Module Replacement
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Grommet Replacement
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Cover Replacement
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
          • Exterior
          • Interior
        • Wiper Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper System
          • Windshield Washer System
          • Rear Wiper System
          • Rear Wash
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1629: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1630: Immobilizer Learn Mode Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS) - United States and Mexico only
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS) - North America only
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Ignition Key
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter (1-5) Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter (6-8) Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Without UEU/UFL)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (With UEU/UFL)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Unlock Doors
          • Lock All Doors
          • Trunk Release, if equipped
          • Power Liftgate, if equipped
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm
          • Remote Vehicle Start, if equipped
          • Enable/Disable Remote Vehicle Start
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Remote Vehicle Start Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Switches and Door Ajar Indicator (Front)
          • Switches and Door Ajar Indicator (Rear)
          • Door Lock Actuators
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release (Notchback)
          • Liftgate Release (Hatchback)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2494: Liftgate Handle Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2730: Interior Trunk Lid Unlatch Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130, or B3135: All Doors Unlock/Lock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140, B3145, B3150, or B3155: Door Unlock/Lock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B314A or B314B: Center Door Unlock Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3245: Rear Cargo Door Lock Actuator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Window Unlatch Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hatch Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding, or Locks, Handles, or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Front and Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Bellcrank Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (AXG)
          • Driver/Passenger/Rear Door Ajar (Without AXG)
          • Trunk/Liftgate Ajar
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation
          • Rear Hatch Release Components
          • Rear Hatch Release Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Theft Deterrent
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumpers And Fascias
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Upper Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Lower Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Lower Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Guide Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Opening Lower Cover Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Bracket Replacement
        • Front Air Deflector Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Air Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Outer Guide Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Outer Guide Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement (Sedan)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
          • Notes
          • Watertest Stand Assembly
        • Recommended Materials (Waterleak Repair)
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Latch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front End Upper Tie Bar Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment (4 Door Notch Back 69)
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Liftgate Adjustment
        • Liftgate Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Rear Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Primary and Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Latch Housing Replacement
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Torque Rod Replacement
        • Hood Side Seal Replacement
        • Hood Rear Seal Replacement
        • Hood Rear Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Bumper Replacement
        • Front Opening Upper Cover Replacement
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Front Auxiliary Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Body Panel Paint Protector Replacement (VGC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Body Side Upper Front Applique Replacement
        • Liftgate Side Applique Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Applique Replacement
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Tow Eye Access Hole Cover Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Tow Eye Access Hole Cover Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (Sedan)
        • Front Upper Grille Replacement
        • Front Lower Grille Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Opening Cover Replacement (Upper Grille Cover)
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement (Hatchback, RS)
        • Roof Panel Joint Finish Molding Replacement
        • Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Hatchback TTV)
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Carpet Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Carpet Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback with Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback without Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan with Sunroof)
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan without Sunroof)
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Upper Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Upper Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Fuse Block Access Hole Cover Replacement (Without AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Fuse Block Access Hole Cover Replacement (With AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Upper Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Pad Cover Replacement (Without AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Pad Cover Replacement (With AAL)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (With U58)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Without U58)
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Intermediate Reinforcement Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Floor Console Cover Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
        • Front Floor Console Cover Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Bracket Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement (Left Side)
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Rear Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Roof Rail Front Assist Handle Replacement
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Rear Seat Back Trim Panel Replacement (with AMA/AM7)
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan)
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Quarter Inner Trim Finish Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Body Side Trim Panel Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Stowage Shelf Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement (Sedan)
        • Luggage Shade Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Liftgate Trim Finish Panel Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Sedan)
        • Cargo Tie Down Loop Replacement
        • Quarter Outer Panel Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Manual Seat Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Front Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement (4 Way Uplevel)
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Cover Replacement (4 Way)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Child Seat Back Cushion Cover Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Guide Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 40% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 60% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Knob Bezel Replacement
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame Skid Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Inner Front Extension Replacement (Left SIde)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Inner Front Extension Replacement (Right Side, LUV)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Inner Front Extension Replacement (Right Side, LWE, LUW)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Front)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Rear)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (with WFK)
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Hatchback without WFK)
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Hatchback with WFK)
        • Rear Wheelhouse Panel Liner Extension Replacement
        • Front Compartment Front Insulator Cover Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1629: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1630: Immobilizer Learn Mode Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS) - United States and Mexico only
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS) - North America only
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Ignition Key
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • KET Connectors
          • Connector Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Front Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Housing Replacement
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Outside Rearview Mirrors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement (Power)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement (Manual)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Rear Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Remote Control Switch Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Manual Seat Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Front Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement (4 Way Uplevel)
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Cover Replacement (4 Way)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Child Seat Back Cushion Cover Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Guide Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 40% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (AMA 60% w/Split Back)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Knob Bezel Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats (KA1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1925 or B2170: Seat Cushion Heater Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2345: Seat Heater Disable Circuit Low Voltage/High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Cushion Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B242A: Seat Heaters Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Shed Management
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Sunroof Wiring Schematics
          • Power Sunroof (CF5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process
          • Notes
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Motor Replacement
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (Tilt and Slide)
          • Notes
          • Sunroof System Thermal Protection
          • Sunroof Operation
  • Windows
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Front Doors
          • Rear Doors (A33)
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0969: Rear Defogger Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B: Driver Window Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Left Side)
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Guide Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Window Operation and the Driver Window Switch
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Window Operation and the Passenger Window Switches
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, and Subsystem References
          • Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Stability Control
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0000, C0055, C0246, C1207-C1210, C1221-C1228, or C1232-C1235: Vehicle Speed Sensor/Invalid Data Received From Electronic Brake Control Module Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050: Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0131: Traction Control System Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Antilock Brake System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C0196, or C0287: Acceleration Sensor Signal/Yaw Rate Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Braking System Enable Relay Primary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242 or P0856: Powertrain Control Module Indicated Traction Control/Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Calibration Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C027C: Front Brake Discs High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0292: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Module Circuit Performance - Bias Level Out of Range
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C124F or C1250-C1254: Lateral/Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0501 or P1793: Vehicle Speed Sensor/Wheel Speed Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Connector Reconnection - Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed
        • Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Electronic Brake Distribution
          • Hill Start Hold
          • Traction Control System
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System
          • Driver Information Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation (Floating Caliper)
          • System Operation (Fixed Caliper)
          • System Characteristics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Drum Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Drum Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Brake Drum Diameter Measurement
        • Brake Drum Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Drum Brake Hardware Inspection
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Drum Replacement (J93, J94)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Drum Refinishing
        • Brake Shoe Replacement (J93, J94)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Backing Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Hardware Replacement (J93, J94)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Replacement (J93, J94)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Cylinder Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drum Brake Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Drum Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Wiring Schematics
          • Hydraulic Brakes
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0267: Low Brake Fluid Indicated
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Booster Pump Motor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Warning Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Drum Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
          • Disc Brake
          • Drum Brakes
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hydraulic Brake Fluid Replacement
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake, Accelerator, and Clutch Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement (Body to Axle - Drum Brake)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement (Body to Axle - Disc Brake)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement (Axle to Caliper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Power Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Check Valve and Hose Replacement (LUW, LWE with Manual Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Check Valve and Hose Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Check Valve and Hose Replacement (LUW, LWE with Automatic Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Assist Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Mechanical
          • Electrical
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis (Drum Brake)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis (Disc Brake)
      • Park Brake Hardware Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Parking Brake Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Cable Replacement (Drum Brake)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Cable Replacement (Disc Brake)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Adjustment (Drum Brake)
      • Parking Brake Adjustment (Disc Brake)
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation - Disc Brakes
        • System Operation - Drum Brakes
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, and Subsystem References
          • Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Stability Control
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0000, C0055, C0246, C1207-C1210, C1221-C1228, or C1232-C1235: Vehicle Speed Sensor/Invalid Data Received From Electronic Brake Control Module Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050: Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0131: Traction Control System Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Antilock Brake System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C0196, or C0287: Acceleration Sensor Signal/Yaw Rate Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Braking System Enable Relay Primary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242 or P0856: Powertrain Control Module Indicated Traction Control/Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Calibration Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C027C: Front Brake Discs High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0292: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Module Circuit Performance - Bias Level Out of Range
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C124F or C1250-C1254: Lateral/Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0501 or P1793: Vehicle Speed Sensor/Wheel Speed Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Connector Reconnection - Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed
        • Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Electronic Brake Distribution
          • Hill Start Hold
          • Traction Control System
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System
          • Driver Information Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Wheel Drive Intermediate Shaft Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Boot Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Boot Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint Inspection
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tripot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Charging
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device Power/Device Voltage/Control Module Voltage/System Voltage/Fuel Injector Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Special Tools
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
        • Starter Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Pulley Replacement (LUV)
        • Generator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode (If applicable)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV or LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Hatchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Notchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel X1
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV)
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components
        • Front of Engine Compartment Components
        • Left of Engine Compartment Components
        • Right of Engine Compartment Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100, G103
        • G101
        • G102, G105, G106
        • G104
        • G107
        • G201, G303, G307
        • G300, G301, G302
        • G304
        • G400 (Hatchback)
        • G400 (Notchback)
        • G401 (Hatchback)
        • G401 (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Front of Instrument Panel Components
        • Rear of Instrument Panel Components
        • Under Instrument Panel Components
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
        • Steering Wheel Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Left of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Right of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Luggage Compartment Components (Notchback)
        • Inside Liftgate Components (Hatchback)
        • Inside Decklid Components (Notchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Hatchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Headliner Components
        • Driver Seat Components
        • Passenger Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Front of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Top of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Rear of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Left Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Right Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LWE)
        • Left Rear of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 5 Speed (M26)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 6 Speed (MR5/MZ4)
        • Automatic Transmission Components (MH8 or MH9)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Components
        • Fuel Tank Components
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • Lighter
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigarette Lighter Receptacle Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Relay Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To E5AA
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (Without AU3)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (AU3)
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (Without AU3)
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (AU3)
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10 Ambient Light Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor ((LUW/LWE)+M26)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor (LUV+MZ4)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B14C Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • B16 Backup Lamp Switch
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19C Brake Booster Vacuum Switch
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MM3)
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MH8 or MH9)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B25B Clutch Pedal Position Sensor
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B34A Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B34B Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MH8)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MZ4)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUW)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor X1
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUW)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera (5HB)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (4NB)
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B119 Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B153D Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
        • B153P Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
        • C1 Battery (+) (Positive Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery (-) (Negative Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4E Headlamp- Left High Beam
        • E4F Headlamp - Right High Beam
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4LR Turn Signal Lamp - Left Rear
        • E4RR Turn Signal Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E5AA Tail/Stop Lamp - Left
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - E5AB To K20 X1 LUV
      • Component Connector End Views
        • E5AB Tail/Stop Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (5HB+TS6)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+D59)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+TS6)
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (4NB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (4NB)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (-WFK)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (-WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (WFK)
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E37B Dome/Reading Lamps - 2nd Row
        • E37A Dome/Reading Lamps (C95)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUV/LUJ)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUW/LWE)
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LUV/LUJ/LSF/LDV/LKU/LKV)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LCU/LWD/LDD/LDC/LDE/LUW/LWE/LFJ/L2N/LED)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LUV)
        • G13 Generator X1
        • G13 Generator X2 (LDE/LFJ/LED/LUW/LWE)
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUV/LUJ)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X1 LUW/LWE To M75
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUW/LWE)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUW)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUW/LWE)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUV/LUJ)
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUW/LWE)
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K38 Chassis Control Module
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2
        • K61 Sunroof Control Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 (UE1)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • M4 Air Inlet Door Actuator X1
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M9 Brake Booster Pump Motor
        • M30 Liftgate Latch
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M45 Rear Wiper Motor
        • M64 Starter Motor X1
        • M64 Starter Motor X2
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - M77D To X85
      • Component Connector End Views
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver (DG6)
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger (DG6)
        • M93 Key Capture Solenoid Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12 Horn
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door ((LHD+(UW4/UW6)))
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+(UW4/UW6))
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUW/LWE)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q22 Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Valve
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • R3 Blower Motor Resistor
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S39 Ignition Switch
        • S46B Liftgate Unlatch Switch (B9U)
        • S48E Multifunction Switch - Center Console
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left (K34)
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S72 Sunroof Switch
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • T4E Cellular Phone and Navigation Antenna (UE1-U2K)
        • T4G Cellular Phone, Navigation, and Digital Radio Antenna (UE1+U2K)
        • T4M Radio Antenna
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Miscellaneous
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Service Information
          • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
          • S2 Transmission Manual Shift Switch
          • S39 Ignition Switch
          • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit (Instrument Cluster)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370-B1379, B1380-B1389, or B1440-B1443: Control Module Ignition
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144A: RUN Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Special Tools
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Special Tools
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Inserted, Rotated, or Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X301
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Jumper Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LUW/LWE)
        • X200 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X201 EPS Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X202 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X205 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X207 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X208 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • X301 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X302 To X905
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X302 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X350 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • X405 Left Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X406 Right Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X501 Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger OSRVM Harness (DG6)
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness (5HB)
        • X900 Rear Compartment Lid Harness to Body Harness (4NB)
        • X901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness (5HB)
        • X901 License Lamp Harness to Rear Compartment Lid Harness (4NB)
        • X905 Decklid Harness to CHMSL Spoiler Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • KET Connectors
          • Connector Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Front Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Housing Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX200 Splice Pack (4NB)
        • JX200 Splice Pack (5HB)
        • JX201 Splice Pack
        • JX202 Splice Pack
        • JX203 Splice Pack
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Wiring Schematics And Wiring Harness Routing Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Wiring Harness Routing Views
          • Left Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Rear of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.4L Front (LUV)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.4L Rear (LUV)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.8L Front (LUW/LWE)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.8L Rear (LUW/LWE)
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing
          • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Center of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Center Console Harness Routing
          • Headliner Harness Routing
          • Driver Door Harness Routing
          • Passenger Door Harness Routing
          • Left Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • Left Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Right Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • Liftgate Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Decklid Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • License Lamp Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Fuel Tank Harness Routing
        • How to Use Electrical Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (LUV or LUW)
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (LWE)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2) (LUV or LUW)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2) (LWE)
          • Ignition Switch
          • F1UA, F1UB, F2UA, F3UB, F5UA, F6UA, F7UA, F8UA, F8UB, and F32DA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F1UA, F2UA, F2UB, F3UB, F5UA, F6UA, F7UA, F8UA F9UB, and F32DA Fuses (LWE)
          • F13UA, F14UA, F15UA, F27UA, and F29UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F15UA, F16UA, F17UA, F30UA, and F32UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F4UA, F10UA, F12UA, F30UA, F31UA, F32UA, and F33UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F9UA, F11UA, F14UA, F33UA, F34UA, F35UA, and F36UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F4UB, F17UA, F18UA, F19UA, and F20UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F4UB, F19UA, F20UA, F21UA, and F22UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F21UA, F23UA, F24UA, and F25UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F24UA, F26UA, F27UA, F28UA, and F29UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F22UA, and F26UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F13UA, F23UA, and F25UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F27DA, F28DA, F29DA, F30DA, F33DA, and F34DA Fuses
          • F1DA, F2DA, F3BA, F3DA, F4DA, F5DA, F6DA, F7DA, F8DA, F9DA, F10DA, F11DA and F12DA Fuses
          • F13DA, F14DA, F15DA, F16DA, F17DA, F18DA, F19DA, and F20DA Fuses
          • F21DA, F22DA, F23DA, F24DA, F25DA, F26DA, F35DA, F36DA, F37DA, F38DA, F39DA and F40DA Fuses
        • Power Moding Wiring Schematics
          • KR73 Ignition Main Relay
          • KR76 Retained Accessory Power Relay
        • Ignition Lock Wiring Schematics
          • Key Capture
        • Ground Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • G100
          • G101
          • G102
          • G103 and G104
          • G105, G106, G107, G201, and G300
          • G301 (1 of 2)
          • G301 (2 of 2)
          • G302
          • G303
          • G304, G307 and G400
          • G401
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Charging
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device Power/Device Voltage/Control Module Voltage/System Voltage/Fuel Injector Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Special Tools
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
        • Starter Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Pulley Replacement (LUV)
        • Generator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode (If applicable)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components
        • Front of Engine Compartment Components
        • Left of Engine Compartment Components
        • Right of Engine Compartment Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100, G103
        • G101
        • G102, G105, G106
        • G104
        • G107
        • G201, G303, G307
        • G300, G301, G302
        • G304
        • G400 (Hatchback)
        • G400 (Notchback)
        • G401 (Hatchback)
        • G401 (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Front of Instrument Panel Components
        • Rear of Instrument Panel Components
        • Under Instrument Panel Components
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
        • Steering Wheel Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Left of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Right of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Luggage Compartment Components (Notchback)
        • Inside Liftgate Components (Hatchback)
        • Inside Decklid Components (Notchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Hatchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Headliner Components
        • Driver Seat Components
        • Passenger Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Front of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Top of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Rear of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Left Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Right Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LWE)
        • Left Rear of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 5 Speed (M26)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 6 Speed (MR5/MZ4)
        • Automatic Transmission Components (MH8 or MH9)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Components
        • Fuel Tank Components
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV or LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Hatchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Notchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel X1
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV)
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
        • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Gauges
        • Indicators
        • Air Temperature and Driver Information Center
      • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
        • Audible Warnings
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - Outside Air Temperature Display Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit General Memory Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B3567: Info Display Select Switch Circuit - Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Level Sensor - Fuel Gauge Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0521: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Performance Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Charge Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Chime Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Driver Information Center Display Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Front Floor Console Multifunction Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Brake Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Object Detection
        • Additional Warnings
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Menu
        • Up and Down
        • Trip A
        • Odometer
        • Language
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Indicator LIGHT ON
        • Message Displayed
        • Change Timing Belt Message
        • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
        • Fuel Level Gauge
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Driver Information Center Display
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horn
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2750: Horn Relay Secondary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Horns
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Horns
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Charging
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device Power/Device Voltage/Control Module Voltage/System Voltage/Fuel Injector Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Special Tools
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
        • Starter Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Pulley Replacement (LUV)
        • Generator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode (If applicable)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV or LUW)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (LWE)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Hatchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View (Notchback)
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel X1
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood Label (LUV)
        • X70A Relay Block - Underhood, Top View (LUV)
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components
        • Front of Engine Compartment Components
        • Left of Engine Compartment Components
        • Right of Engine Compartment Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100, G103
        • G101
        • G102, G105, G106
        • G104
        • G107
        • G201, G303, G307
        • G300, G301, G302
        • G304
        • G400 (Hatchback)
        • G400 (Notchback)
        • G401 (Hatchback)
        • G401 (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Front of Instrument Panel Components
        • Rear of Instrument Panel Components
        • Under Instrument Panel Components
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
        • Steering Wheel Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Left of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Right of Luggage Compartment Components (Hatchback)
        • Luggage Compartment Components (Notchback)
        • Inside Liftgate Components (Hatchback)
        • Inside Decklid Components (Notchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Hatchback)
        • Rear of Vehicle Components (Notchback)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Components
        • Headliner Components
        • Driver Seat Components
        • Passenger Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Front of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Top of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Rear of Engine Components - 1.4L (LUV)
        • Left Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Right Front of Engine Components - 1.8L (LWE)
        • Left Rear of Engine Components - 1.8L (LUW/LWE)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 5 Speed (M26)
        • Manual Transmission Components - 6 Speed (MR5/MZ4)
        • Automatic Transmission Components (MH8 or MH9)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Components
        • Fuel Tank Components
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • Lighter
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigarette Lighter Receptacle Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Relay Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To E5AA
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (Without AU3)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (AU3)
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (Without AU3)
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (AU3)
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10 Ambient Light Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor ((LUW/LWE)+M26)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor (LUV+MZ4)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B14C Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • B16 Backup Lamp Switch
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19C Brake Booster Vacuum Switch
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MM3)
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MH8 or MH9)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B25B Clutch Pedal Position Sensor
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B34A Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B34B Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MH8)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MZ4)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUW)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor X1
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUW)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera (5HB)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (4NB)
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B119 Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B153D Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
        • B153P Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
        • C1 Battery (+) (Positive Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery (-) (Negative Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4E Headlamp- Left High Beam
        • E4F Headlamp - Right High Beam
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4LR Turn Signal Lamp - Left Rear
        • E4RR Turn Signal Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E5AA Tail/Stop Lamp - Left
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - E5AB To K20 X1 LUV
      • Component Connector End Views
        • E5AB Tail/Stop Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (5HB+TS6)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+D59)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+TS6)
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (4NB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (4NB)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (-WFK)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (-WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (WFK)
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E37B Dome/Reading Lamps - 2nd Row
        • E37A Dome/Reading Lamps (C95)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUV/LUJ)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUW/LWE)
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LUV/LUJ/LSF/LDV/LKU/LKV)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LCU/LWD/LDD/LDC/LDE/LUW/LWE/LFJ/L2N/LED)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LUV)
        • G13 Generator X1
        • G13 Generator X2 (LDE/LFJ/LED/LUW/LWE)
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUV/LUJ)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X1 LUW/LWE To M75
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUW/LWE)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUW)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUW/LWE)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUV/LUJ)
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUW/LWE)
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K38 Chassis Control Module
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2
        • K61 Sunroof Control Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 (UE1)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • M4 Air Inlet Door Actuator X1
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M9 Brake Booster Pump Motor
        • M30 Liftgate Latch
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M45 Rear Wiper Motor
        • M64 Starter Motor X1
        • M64 Starter Motor X2
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - M77D To X85
      • Component Connector End Views
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver (DG6)
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger (DG6)
        • M93 Key Capture Solenoid Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12 Horn
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door ((LHD+(UW4/UW6)))
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+(UW4/UW6))
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUW/LWE)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q22 Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Valve
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • R3 Blower Motor Resistor
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S39 Ignition Switch
        • S46B Liftgate Unlatch Switch (B9U)
        • S48E Multifunction Switch - Center Console
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left (K34)
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S72 Sunroof Switch
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • T4E Cellular Phone and Navigation Antenna (UE1-U2K)
        • T4G Cellular Phone, Navigation, and Digital Radio Antenna (UE1+U2K)
        • T4M Radio Antenna
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Miscellaneous
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Service Information
          • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
          • S2 Transmission Manual Shift Switch
          • S39 Ignition Switch
          • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit (Instrument Cluster)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370-B1379, B1380-B1389, or B1440-B1443: Control Module Ignition
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144A: RUN Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Special Tools
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Special Tools
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Inserted, Rotated, or Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X301
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Jumper Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LUW/LWE)
        • X200 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X201 EPS Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X202 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X205 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X207 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X208 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • X301 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X302 To X905
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X302 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X350 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • X405 Left Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X406 Right Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X501 Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger OSRVM Harness (DG6)
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness (5HB)
        • X900 Rear Compartment Lid Harness to Body Harness (4NB)
        • X901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness (5HB)
        • X901 License Lamp Harness to Rear Compartment Lid Harness (4NB)
        • X905 Decklid Harness to CHMSL Spoiler Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • KET Connectors
          • Connector Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Special Tools
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Front Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Housing Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX200 Splice Pack (4NB)
        • JX200 Splice Pack (5HB)
        • JX201 Splice Pack
        • JX202 Splice Pack
        • JX203 Splice Pack
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Wiring Schematics And Wiring Harness Routing Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Wiring Harness Routing Views
          • Left Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Rear of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.4L Front (LUV)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.4L Rear (LUV)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.8L Front (LUW/LWE)
          • Engine Harness Routing - 1.8L Rear (LUW/LWE)
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing
          • Left Front of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Center of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Front of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing
          • Center Console Harness Routing
          • Headliner Harness Routing
          • Driver Door Harness Routing
          • Passenger Door Harness Routing
          • Left Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • Left Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Right Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • Liftgate Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Decklid Harness Routing (Notchback)
          • License Lamp Harness Routing (Hatchback)
          • Fuel Tank Harness Routing
        • How to Use Electrical Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (LUV or LUW)
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (LWE)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2) (LUV or LUW)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2) (LWE)
          • Ignition Switch
          • F1UA, F1UB, F2UA, F3UB, F5UA, F6UA, F7UA, F8UA, F8UB, and F32DA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F1UA, F2UA, F2UB, F3UB, F5UA, F6UA, F7UA, F8UA F9UB, and F32DA Fuses (LWE)
          • F13UA, F14UA, F15UA, F27UA, and F29UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F15UA, F16UA, F17UA, F30UA, and F32UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F4UA, F10UA, F12UA, F30UA, F31UA, F32UA, and F33UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F9UA, F11UA, F14UA, F33UA, F34UA, F35UA, and F36UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F4UB, F17UA, F18UA, F19UA, and F20UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F4UB, F19UA, F20UA, F21UA, and F22UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F21UA, F23UA, F24UA, and F25UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F24UA, F26UA, F27UA, F28UA, and F29UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F22UA, and F26UA Fuses (LUV or LUW)
          • F13UA, F23UA, and F25UA Fuses (LWE)
          • F27DA, F28DA, F29DA, F30DA, F33DA, and F34DA Fuses
          • F1DA, F2DA, F3BA, F3DA, F4DA, F5DA, F6DA, F7DA, F8DA, F9DA, F10DA, F11DA and F12DA Fuses
          • F13DA, F14DA, F15DA, F16DA, F17DA, F18DA, F19DA, and F20DA Fuses
          • F21DA, F22DA, F23DA, F24DA, F25DA, F26DA, F35DA, F36DA, F37DA, F38DA, F39DA and F40DA Fuses
        • Power Moding Wiring Schematics
          • KR73 Ignition Main Relay
          • KR76 Retained Accessory Power Relay
        • Ignition Lock Wiring Schematics
          • Key Capture
        • Ground Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • G100
          • G101
          • G102
          • G103 and G104
          • G105, G106, G107, G201, and G300
          • G301 (1 of 2)
          • G301 (2 of 2)
          • G302
          • G303
          • G304, G307 and G400
          • G401
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Charging
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device Power/Device Voltage/Control Module Voltage/System Voltage/Fuel Injector Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Special Tools
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
        • Starter Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Pulley Replacement (LUV)
        • Generator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode (If applicable)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.4L VIN B
        • 1.8L VIN G
        • 1.8L VIN H
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To E5AA
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (Without AU3)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver (AU3)
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (Without AU3)
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (AU3)
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10 Ambient Light Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor ((LUW/LWE)+M26)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor (LUV+MZ4)
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B14C Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • B16 Backup Lamp Switch
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19C Brake Booster Vacuum Switch
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MM3)
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor (MH8 or MH9)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B25B Clutch Pedal Position Sensor
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B34A Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B34B Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MH8)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUV+MZ4)
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (LUW)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor X1
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LUW)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUV/LUJ)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LUW/LWE)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera (5HB)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (4NB)
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B119 Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B153D Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
        • B153P Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
        • C1 Battery (+) (Positive Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery (-) (Negative Battery Cable)
        • C1 Battery
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4E Headlamp- Left High Beam
        • E4F Headlamp - Right High Beam
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4LR Turn Signal Lamp - Left Rear
        • E4RR Turn Signal Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E5AA Tail/Stop Lamp - Left
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - E5AB To K20 X1 LUV
      • Component Connector End Views
        • E5AB Tail/Stop Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (5HB+TS6)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+D59)
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (4NB+TS6)
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 (4NB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (5HB)
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 (4NB)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (-WFK)
        • E29LF Fog Lamp - Left Front (WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (-WFK)
        • E29RF Fog Lamp - Right Front (WFK)
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E37B Dome/Reading Lamps - 2nd Row
        • E37A Dome/Reading Lamps (C95)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUV/LUJ)
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater (LUW/LWE)
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LUV/LUJ/LSF/LDV/LKU/LKV)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LCU/LWD/LDD/LDC/LDE/LUW/LWE/LFJ/L2N/LED)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LUV)
        • G13 Generator X1
        • G13 Generator X2 (LDE/LFJ/LED/LUW/LWE)
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUV/LUJ)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X1 LUW/LWE To M75
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LUW/LWE)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LUW)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LUW/LWE)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUV/LUJ)
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module (LUW/LWE)
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K38 Chassis Control Module
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2
        • K61 Sunroof Control Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 (UE1)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • M4 Air Inlet Door Actuator X1
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M9 Brake Booster Pump Motor
        • M30 Liftgate Latch
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M45 Rear Wiper Motor
        • M64 Starter Motor X1
        • M64 Starter Motor X2
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - M77D To X85
      • Component Connector End Views
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver (DG6)
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger (DG6)
        • M93 Key Capture Solenoid Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12 Horn
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door ((LHD+(UW4/UW6)))
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+UQ3)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (LHD+(UW4/UW6))
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LUW/LWE)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LUW/LWE)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4 (MH8 or MH9)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUW/LWE)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LUV/LUJ)
        • Q22 Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Valve
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • R3 Blower Motor Resistor
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S39 Ignition Switch
        • S46B Liftgate Unlatch Switch (B9U)
        • S48E Multifunction Switch - Center Console
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left (K34)
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S72 Sunroof Switch
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • T4E Cellular Phone and Navigation Antenna (UE1-U2K)
        • T4G Cellular Phone, Navigation, and Digital Radio Antenna (UE1+U2K)
        • T4M Radio Antenna
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Miscellaneous
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Service Information
          • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
          • S2 Transmission Manual Shift Switch
          • S39 Ignition Switch
          • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
          • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X301
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Jumper Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LUW/LWE)
        • X200 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X201 EPS Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X202 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X205 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X207 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X208 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • X301 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X302 To X905
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X302 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X350 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • X405 Left Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X406 Right Tail Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X501 Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger OSRVM Harness (DG6)
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness (5HB)
        • X900 Rear Compartment Lid Harness to Body Harness (4NB)
        • X901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness (5HB)
        • X901 License Lamp Harness to Rear Compartment Lid Harness (4NB)
        • X905 Decklid Harness to CHMSL Spoiler Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX200 Splice Pack (4NB)
        • JX200 Splice Pack (5HB)
        • JX201 Splice Pack
        • JX202 Splice Pack
        • JX203 Splice Pack
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Heating/Cooling Wiring Schematics
          • Cooling Fan (LUW or LWE)
          • Cooling Fan (LUV)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P00B3 or P00B4 (LUV): Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B3 or P00B4 (LUW, LWE): Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B6 (LUJ, LUV): Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT)-Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B7 (LUV): Engine Coolant Flow Insufficient
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B7 (LUW, LWE): Engine Coolant Flow Insufficient
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, or P0694 (LUW or LWE): Cooling Fan Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, or P0694 (LUV): Cooling Fan Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0597-P0599 (LUW, LWE): Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0597-P0599 (LUJ, LUV): Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2181: Engine Cooling System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
          • Symptom List
        • Cooling Fan Always On (LUW or LWE)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling Fan Always On (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (LUW or LWE)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Electrically Heated Thermostat Diagnosis (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Electrically Heated Thermostat Diagnosis (LUW or LWE)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Cooling System Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hose Clamp Replacement Guidelines - Spring Type
          • Special Tools
          • Spring Type Hose Clamp Replacement Guidelines
          • Removing The Spring Type Hose Clamp
          • If The Spring Type Hose Clamp Is Being Reused
          • If The Spring Type Hose Clamp Is Being Replaced
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Radiator Surge Tank Replacement
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose Replacement (LDE LUW)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LDE LUW)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LDE LUW)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Connector Replacement - Radiator Side (LUV)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Connector Replacement - Engine Side (LUV)
        • Radiator Mounting Stud Repair
          • Repair Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Fan Resistor Mount Repair
        • Throttle Body Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LUW)
        • Throttle Body Heater Inlet Pipe Replacement (LUW)
        • Throttle Body Heater Outlet Pipe Replacement (LUW)
        • Throttle Body Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LUW)
        • Engine Oil Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Outlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Engine Oil Cooler Coolant Inlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe Replacement (LUW)
        • Engine Oil Cooler Inlet Pipe Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement (LUW)
        • Engine Coolant Fan Replacement (LDE/LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Fan Replacement (LUV)
        • Turbocharger Coolant Feed Pipe Replacement (LUV)
        • Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe Replacement (LUV)
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Connector Replacement (LUV)
        • Water Outlet Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Inlet Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Inlet Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Pulley Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Pulley Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LUV)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Radiator
        • Engine Coolant Fan Shroud Replacement (LDE LUW)
        • Engine Coolant Fan Shroud Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LDE LUW)
        • Radiator Air Baffle Replacement (LUV, LUW)
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation (LUW or LWE)
          • Notes
          • Cooling System Electronic Component Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation (LUV)
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling System
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Radiator
          • Surge Tank
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Special Tools
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold with Catalytic Converter Replacement (LUW)
      • Exhaust Front Pipe Replacement (LUV, LUW)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (LUV)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement (LUV, LUW)
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (LUV)
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
      • Fuel Tank Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LUW)
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LUV)
      • Exhaust Rear Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
      • Exhaust Rear Muffler Replacement (LUV, LUW)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Resonator
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Fuel System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (With Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • (If applicable)With Scan Tool
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (Without Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 1.4L (LUV)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Approximate Fluid Capacities
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
        • Accessory Drive Components
        • Engine Front Cover And Oil Pump Assembly (1 of 2)
        • Engine Front Cover And Oil Pump Assembly (2 of 2)
        • Timing Chain Components
        • Intake Manifold Assembly- 1.4L LDD
        • Cylinder Head Assembly
        • Engine Block Assembly- 1.4L LDD
        • Engine Block Assembly- 1.4L LUH and LUJ
        • Intake Manifold Assembly- 1.4L LUH and LUJ
        • Exhaust Side- 1.4L LUH and LUJ
      • Engine Identification
        • Engine Number
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Measuring Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Drive Belt Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
      • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
      • Engine Cover Replacement
      • Intake Manifold Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Replacement
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
      • Camshaft Intake and Exhaust Sprocket Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pan Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Replacement
      • Engine Flywheel Replacement
      • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Hose/Pipe/Tube Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil Heater Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Front Cover with Oil Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Cleaning And Inspection Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Oil Feed Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Oil Return Pipe Replacement
        • Removal procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Cover Replacement
      • Intake Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Engine Support Fixture
      • Engine Mount Bracket Removal
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Inspection
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Adjustment
      • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Pipe Removal
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Removal
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Removal
      • Turbocharger Removal
      • Engine Oil Cooler Removal
      • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Removal
      • Water Outlet Removal
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
      • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Removal
      • Water Pump Pulley Removal
      • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
      • Water Pump Removal
      • Throttle Body Removal
      • Intake Manifold Removal
      • Generator Removal
      • Starter Removal
      • Engine Flywheel Removal
      • Ignition Coil Removal
      • Camshaft Cover Removal
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Removal
      • Oil Pan Removal
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Removal
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Removal
      • Engine Front Cover Gasket Removal
      • Camshaft Sprocket Removal
      • Intake Camshaft Removal
      • Exhaust Camshaft Removal
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Removal
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Removal
      • Cylinder Head Removal
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Removal
      • Cylinder Head Disassemble
      • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Special Tools
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Valve Inspection And Measurement
        • Cylinder Head Measurement
      • Cylinder Head Assemble
      • Engine Block Disassemble
      • Engine Block Assemble
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Special Tools
        • Visual Inspection And Cleaning Procedure
        • Piston And Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
      • Intake Manifold Disassemble
      • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
      • Intake Manifold Assemble
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Special Tools
        • Crankshaft End Play, Check
        • Crankshaft Out-of-Round, Check
        • Check Crankshaft Bearing Clearance (With Plastigage)
        • Check Crankshaft Bearing Clearance (With Micrometer Gauge Internal Measuring Device)
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Visual Inspection
        • Oil Pump Visual Inspection and Measurement
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Engine Front Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Removal
      • Turbocharger Disassemble
      • Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Turbocharger Assemble
      • Engine Oil Cooler Disassemble
      • Engine Oil Cooler Assemble
      • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Installation
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
      • Cylinder Head Installation
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Installation
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Installation
      • Intake Camshaft Installation
      • Exhaust Camshaft Installation
      • Camshaft Sprocket Installation
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Installation
      • Engine Front Cover Gasket Installation
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Installation
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Sprocket Fastening
        • Upper Timing Chain Guide Installation
      • Oil Pan Installation
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Installation
      • Camshaft Cover Installation
      • Ignition Coil Installation
      • Engine Flywheel Installation
      • Generator Installation
      • Starter Installation
      • Intake Manifold Installation
      • Throttle Body Installation
      • Water Pump Installation
      • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Water Pump Pulley Installation
      • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Installation
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
      • Drive Belt Installation
      • Engine Oil Cooler Installation
      • Water Outlet Installation
      • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Installation
      • Turbocharger Installation
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Installation
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Installation
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Pipe Installation
      • Engine Mount Bracket Installation
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Assemble
      • Drive Belt Removal
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Removal
      • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Special Tools
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Measuring Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Engine Component Description
        • Cylinder Block
        • Crankshaft
        • Oil Pump
        • Oil Pan
        • Piston and Connecting Rod
        • Cylinder Head
        • Camshaft Drive with Variable Camshaft Timing
        • Intake Manifold
        • Turbocharger
      • Lubrication Description
        • General Lubrication Description
        • Variable Oil Pump Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealant
        • Pipe Joint Compound
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Charging
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device Power/Device Voltage/Control Module Voltage/System Voltage/Fuel Injector Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Special Tools
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
        • Starter Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Pulley Replacement (LUV)
        • Generator Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode (If applicable)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Mode 6 - Gm
    • Introduction
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Communication Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, and Low Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN Bus 2
          • Communication Enable and Linear Interconnect Network (LIN)
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communications, and Subsystem References (1 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (2 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (3 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (4 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (5 of 5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0550: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off/CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Bus B Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18B9-U18BF: Primary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List/Secondary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099: High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2101: CAN Bus Maximum List of Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Chassis High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Low Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Circuit Description
          • Communication Enable Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Electronic Ignition System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Crankshaft Encoder Wheel
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coil Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Chassis Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Jet Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Modes Of Operation
        • Turbocharger System Description
          • Notes
          • Turbocharger Description and Operation
          • Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Closed
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Open
          • Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
          • Charge Air Cooler
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0246
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, or P2088-P2091: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141: HO2S Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0033-P0035: Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0068 or P1101: Throttle Body Air Flow Performance/Intake Air Flow System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0096 or P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0097, P0098, or P0099: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00C7: Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00E9: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00EA-P00EC: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00F4-P00F6: Intake Air Humidity Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118, or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, or P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0134, P0137, P0138, or P0140: HO2S Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, or P2271: HO2S
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, or P0271: Cylinder Injector Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232, or P023F: Fuel Pump Control (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0234 or P0299: Engine Overboost/Underboost
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0236: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0237 or P0238: Turbocharger Boost Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0243, P0245, or P0246: Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - DTC P0300 To DTC P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P025A: Fuel Pump Control Module Enable Circuit (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Engine/Cylinder Misfire Detected/
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326, or P06B6: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, or P2310: Ignition Coil Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451-P0454: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0506 or P0507: Idle Speed (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P057B-P057D: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P05CC or P05CE: Cold Start Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3, or P262B: Control Module/ VIN Not Programmed or Mismatched - Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0628: Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641 or P06A6: 5 V Reference (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3: 5 V Reference (ECM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A, or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690, or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay/Ignition Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P069E: Fuel Pump Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255 or P064A: Fuel Pump Control Module (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P150C: Transmission Control Module Engine Speed Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176 : Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Throttle Actuator Position Performance (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2199: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors 1-2 Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2227-P2230: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2261: Turbocharger Bypass Valve Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2544: Transmission Torque Request Circuit Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow Performance (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
          • Symptoms Testing
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Scan Tool
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Test Description
          • Reference Information
          • System Verification
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool, If Available
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Special Tools
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Updating the Inspection/Maintenance Emission System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams - Engine Controls Schematics
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, Serial Data, and MIL
          • 5V and Low Reference Bus (1 of 2)
          • Low Reference Bus (2 of 2)
          • Engine Data Sensors - Humidity, Pressure, and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle and Brake Sensor Controls
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition System
          • Ignition Controls - Camshaft, Crankshaft, and Knock Sensors, Camshaft Actuators
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump and Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission, Economy, and Device Controls
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Bosch Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Delco Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Communication Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, and Low Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN Bus 2
          • Communication Enable and Linear Interconnect Network (LIN)
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communications, and Subsystem References (1 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (2 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (3 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (4 of 5)
          • Subsystem References (5 of 5)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0550: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off/CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Bus B Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module U Code List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18B9-U18BF: Primary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List/Secondary High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099: High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2101: CAN Bus Maximum List of Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Chassis High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Low Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Circuit Description
          • Communication Enable Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Electronic Ignition System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Crankshaft Encoder Wheel
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coil Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Chassis Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Jet Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Modes Of Operation
        • Turbocharger System Description
          • Notes
          • Turbocharger Description and Operation
          • Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Closed
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Open
          • Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
          • Charge Air Cooler
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0246
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, or P2088-P2091: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141: HO2S Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0033-P0035: Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0068 or P1101: Throttle Body Air Flow Performance/Intake Air Flow System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0096 or P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0097, P0098, or P0099: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00C7: Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00E9: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00EA-P00EC: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00F4-P00F6: Intake Air Humidity Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118, or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, or P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0134, P0137, P0138, or P0140: HO2S Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, or P2271: HO2S
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, or P0271: Cylinder Injector Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232, or P023F: Fuel Pump Control (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0234 or P0299: Engine Overboost/Underboost
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0236: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0237 or P0238: Turbocharger Boost Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0243, P0245, or P0246: Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - DTC P0300 To DTC P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P025A: Fuel Pump Control Module Enable Circuit (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Engine/Cylinder Misfire Detected/
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326, or P06B6: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, or P2310: Ignition Coil Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451-P0454: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0506 or P0507: Idle Speed (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P057B-P057D: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P05CC or P05CE: Cold Start Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3, or P262B: Control Module/ VIN Not Programmed or Mismatched - Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0628: Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641 or P06A6: 5 V Reference (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3: 5 V Reference (ECM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A, or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690, or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay/Ignition Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P069E: Fuel Pump Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255 or P064A: Fuel Pump Control Module (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P150C: Transmission Control Module Engine Speed Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176 : Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Throttle Actuator Position Performance (LUV)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2199: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors 1-2 Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2227-P2230: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2261: Turbocharger Bypass Valve Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2544: Transmission Torque Request Circuit Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow Performance (Chassis Control Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
          • Symptoms Testing
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Scan Tool
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Test Description
          • Reference Information
          • System Verification
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool, If Available
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Special Tools
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Updating the Inspection/Maintenance Emission System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams - Engine Controls Schematics
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, Serial Data, and MIL
          • 5V and Low Reference Bus (1 of 2)
          • Low Reference Bus (2 of 2)
          • Engine Data Sensors - Humidity, Pressure, and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle and Brake Sensor Controls
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition System
          • Ignition Controls - Camshaft, Crankshaft, and Knock Sensors, Camshaft Actuators
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump and Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission, Economy, and Device Controls
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Bosch Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Delco Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
  • Tune-Up
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Radiator)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Thermostat)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 (LUJ)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Plastic Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Steel Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Bypass Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Charge Air Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30/6T40 - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.8L (LUW, LWE) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Manual - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Manual Transmission - F17-5 (M26) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Manual Transmission - M20/M32 (MR5, MZ4) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System And Pedestrian Protection System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
          • Certification Plate Location
            • Notes
            • Identification Plate Location
          • Tire Placard
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding Key Blade Removal and Installation
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
          • Certification Plate Location
            • Notes
            • Identification Plate Location
          • Tire Placard
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding Key Blade Removal and Installation
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Dangers, Warnings, And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Danger, Warning, Caution, and Note
          • Notes
          • DANGER Defined
          • WARNING Defined
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTE or IMPORTANT Defined
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Warning
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Warning
        • Battery Disconnect Warning
        • Brake Dust Warning
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Warning
        • Brake Fluid Warning
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Warning
        • Collision Sectioning Warning
        • Cracked Window Warning
        • Defroster Outlet Warning
        • Electric Coolant Fan Warning
        • Exhaust Service Warning
        • Eye Protection Warning
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Warning
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Warning
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Warning
        • Halogen Bulb Warning
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Warning
        • Parking Brake and Drive Wheels Warning
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Warning
        • Radiator Cap Removal Warning
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Warning
        • Repair Material Curing Warning
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Warning
        • Safety Glasses Warning
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Warning
        • Sensing and Diagnostic Module Handling Warning
        • Sensing and Diagnostic Module Voltage after Ignition is Turned Off Warning
        • Servicing the SIR System Warning
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Warning
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Warning
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Warning
        • SIR Warning
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Warning
        • Transmission Shift Control Warning
        • Work Stall Test Warning
        • Air in the Power Steering System Caution
        • Avoid Damage to Grid Lines Caution
        • Belt Dressing Caution
        • Brake Caliper Caution
        • Brake Fluid Damage to Electrical Connections Caution
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Caution
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Caution
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Caution
        • Clutch Hydraulic System Lubricant Caution
        • Component Fastener Tightening Caution
        • Compressed Air Should Not Exceed 98 kPa (14 psi) Caution
        • Drive Axle Caution
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Caution
        • Engine Lifting Caution
        • Engine Mounting Caution
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Caution
        • Fastener Caution
        • Filling the Master Cylinder Caution
        • Flex Decoupler Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution
        • Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Caution
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Caution
        • HVAC Module Drain Tube Caution
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Caution
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Caution
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Caution
        • Oxygen Sensor Caution
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Caution
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Caution
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Caution
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Caution
        • Tape Corners of Panel Caution
        • Test Probe Caution
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Caution
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting and Jacking Caution
        • Windshield Installation Caution
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
          • Certification Plate Location
            • Notes
            • Identification Plate Location
          • Tire Placard
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding Key Blade Removal and Installation
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic System Check Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptom Byte List
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • Body Repair
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission
        • Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Scan Tool Data
      • Specifications
        • Body Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Chassis Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Driver Seat and Passenger Seat Heater Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information (Without FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information (With FX3)
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Scan Tool Information
        • Front View Camera Module Scan Tool Information
        • Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Scan Tool Information
        • Instrument Cluster Scan Tool Information
        • Power Steering Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Radio Scan Tool Information
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Transmission Control Module Scan Tool Information (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
    • Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Vibration Diagnosis, Starting Point, and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (EL-38792-A Electronic Vibration Analyzer)
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (CH-51450-NVH Oscilloscope)
          • Special Tools
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Special Tools
          • Tire Rotational Speed
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Special Tools
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Special Tools
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Special Tools
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
          • Notes
          • Tire Wear
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Variation
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
            • Notes
            • Vibration Cycles in Powertrain Components
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Oscilloscope Diagnostic Kit Description and Operation
          • Special Tools
          • Oscilloscope Inputs
          • NVH Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope NVH Display
          • Oscilloscope Balancing
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure (29)
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (With Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • (If applicable)With Scan Tool
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (Without Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chassis Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Electronic Brake Control Module or Reprogram Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Special Tools
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Following Replacement of Windshield
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Heating Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Seat Heating Control Module Programming
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Special Tools
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Power Steering Control Module Replacement
          • Power Steering Control Module Reprogramming
        • Radio Programming and Setup (UM7, UH7)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Radio Programming and Setup (UF7)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Valet Mode Reset
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Display & Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
          • Certification Plate Location
            • Notes
            • Identification Plate Location
          • Tire Placard
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding Key Blade Removal and Installation
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Leak Testing
          • Special Tools
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Visual Inspection
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Electric Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
        • A/C Diagnostics Chart
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Oil Diagnosis
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Replacement (LDE, LUW, LWE)
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Replacement (LUV)
        • Air Conditioning Clutch Assembly Replacement (LUV)
        • Air Conditioning Clutch Assembly Replacement (LDE/LUW/LWE)
        • Air Conditioning System Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning O-Ring Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Condenser Hose Replacement (LUW)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Condenser Hose Replacement (LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (AC) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Service Valve Core Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (1.4L)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LUV)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LDE/LUW/LWE)
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Replacement (LDE, LUW)
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Replacement (LUV)
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Module Removal and Installation
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator Case Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Core Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LDE, LUW)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LUV)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LDE, LUW)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Outlet Tube Replacement
        • Heater Core Inlet Tube Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Hose Connector Replacement (LUV)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Connector Replacement
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement (LHD)
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Actuator Replacement (LHD)
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure - Production Blower Motor
          • Removal Procedure - Service Blower Motor
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Grille Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side (LHD)
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side (LHD)
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Heater Core Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heating and Air Conditioning System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Air Inlet Actuator, and Data Communication
          • Blower Controls
          • Compressor Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • HVAC Component Replacement Reference
        • DTC B0223: Recirculate Position Command
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3933: Air Conditioning Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647: Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Actuator Recalibration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Control with Cable Control Replacement
        • Temperature Control Cable Replacement (LHD)
        • Mode Control Cable Replacement (LHD)
        • Mode Control Cam Replacement
        • Mode Control Cam Alignment
          • Alignment Procedure
        • Sun Load Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Evaporator Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (LHD)
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual HVAC Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Auxiliary Heater (RPO C36- If Equipped)
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (With Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • (If applicable)With Scan Tool
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (Without Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • SIR Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Indicators
          • Front Impact Sensors, Retractors, Driver and Passenger Air Bags
          • Knee and Rear Seat Air Bags
          • Side Impact Sensors, Seat and Roof Air Bags
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013: Driver Steering Wheel Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0014, B0021, B0031, or B0038: Driver Seat Side Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0015, B001A, B001B, or B0022: Driver Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0016, B0018, B0023, or B0025: Left/Right Roof Rail Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0017 or B0024: Driver/Right Knee Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0019 or B0020: Instrument Panel Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0052: Deployment Commanded
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0074: Passenger Presence Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0081: Passenger Presence Module (SDM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0081: Passenger Presence Module (Passenger Presence Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0083 or B0084: Left/Right Front Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0085 or B0088: Left/Right Front Side Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0086 or B0087: Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B009E: Safing Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B067F or B0680: Passenger Air Bag On Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1019: System Configuration Error
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System Re-zeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Airbag Indicator Malfunction (Driver)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
        • Airbag Remote Impact Sensor Replacement (Front Side Door)
        • Airbag Front End Discriminating Sensor Replacement
        • Airbag Side Impact Sensor Replacement (Center Pillar)
        • Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Airbag Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Airbag Coil Replacement
        • Airbag Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Airbag Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Driver Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Passenger Side
        • Airbag Front Passenger Presence Sensor Replacement
        • Front Seat Outboard Seat Back Airbag Replacement
        • Rear Seat Outboard Seat Back Airbag Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Airbag Arming Status Display Replacement
        • Airbag Roof Side Rail Module Replacement - Rear
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Shoulder Belt Replacement (with A69)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Shoulder Belt Replacement (without A69)
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Seat Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Seat Belt Pretensioner Deployment Only - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Impact Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflatable Restraint Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Special Tools
          • Live and Undeployed Air Bag
          • Dual Stage Air Bags
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • AIR BAG Indicator (Driver)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Air Bags
          • Seat Belt Pretensioners (Anchor and Retractor)
          • Impact Sensors
          • Passenger Presence Detection System and Air Bag Indicator (Passenger)
          • Seat Belt Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts and Indicators
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Driver Seat Belt Switch Circuit/Passenger Seat Belt Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0082: Seat Belt Reminder Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Center Shoulder Belt Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Center Shoulder Belt Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear (Hatchback)
        • Front Seat Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement (with AHU)
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts and Indicators
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Driver Seat Belt Switch Circuit/Passenger Seat Belt Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0082: Seat Belt Reminder Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Center Shoulder Belt Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Center Shoulder Belt Replacement (Hatchback)
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear (Hatchback)
        • Front Seat Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement (with AHU)
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
          • Electric Power Steering
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0176: Control Module Temperature Sensor High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0475: Electric Steering Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Steering
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
        • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
        • Electric Power Steering
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC C0176: Control Module Temperature Sensor High Temperature
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0475: Electric Steering Motor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Steering Wheel Kickback
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
        • Notes
        • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
      • Connector Reconnection - Steering
        • Notes
        • Testing for Terminal Fretting
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
      • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Replacement
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
        • Power Steering Motor
        • Power Steering Control Module
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
        • Notes
        • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
      • Connector Reconnection - Steering
        • Notes
        • Testing for Terminal Fretting
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
      • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
      • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
      • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Angle Sensor Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut and Shock Absorber Inspection
        • Strut Assembly Removal and Installation
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component, or Spring Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Notes
          • Ball Stud Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement (Drum Brake)
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement (Disc Brake)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut and Shock Absorber Inspection (Shock Absorber)
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Spring, Insulator, and Jounce Bumper Replacement
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Axle Assembly
          • Coil Spring
          • Shock Absorber
          • Wheel Bearing/Hub Assembly
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Notes
          • Ball Stud Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • CHEVROLET Wheel Alignment Specifications - Sonic
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • SONIC FE1 Suspension Q1H-P195/65R15
        • SONIC FE1 Suspension Q30-P205/50R17
        • SONIC FE1 Suspension QLG-P205/55R16
        • SONIC FE3,ECO Suspension Q1H-P195/65R15
        • SONIC FE3,ECO Suspension Q30-P205/50R17
        • SONIC FE3,ECO Suspension QLG-P205/55R16
        • SONIC FE4 Suspension Q1H-P195/65R15
        • SONIC FE4 Suspension Q30-P205/50R17
        • SONIC FE4 Suspension QLG-P205/55R16
    • Wheel Alignment System
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Alignment Measurement
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Wheel Alignment - Steering Wheel Angle and/or Front Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Camber Description
        • Caster Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Toe Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Wander Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Sensors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Special Tools
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Tire Wear
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Dismounting and Mounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • General Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tires and Wheels Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • General Balance Precautions
          • Wheel Weights
          • Adhesive Wheel Weight Installation
          • Tire Chain Usage
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
          • Case and Associated Parts
          • Transmission Case Assembly - 6T30 - Gen 1
          • Transmission Case Assembly - 6T30 - Gen 2
          • Transmission Case Assembly - 6T40/6T45/6T50 - Gen 1
          • Transmission Case Assembly - 6T40/6T45/6T50 - Gen 2
          • Torque Converter and Fluid Pump Housing Assembly - 6T30
          • Torque Converter and Fluid Pump Housing Assembly - 6T40/6T45/6T50
          • Drive Link Assembly
          • Oil Pump Assembly - 6T30
          • Oil Pump Assembly - 6T40/6T45/6T50 - Gen 1
          • Oil Pump Assembly - 6T40/6T45/6T50 - Gen 2
          • Auxiliary Fluid Pump and Hybrid Components - Hybrid Models
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (1 of 2 - Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (2 of 2 - Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (1 of 2 - Gen 2)
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (2 of 2 - Gen 2)
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Assembly - Gen 1
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Assembly - Gen 2
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Assembly - Gen 1
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Assembly - Gen 2
          • 2-6, Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Assemblies - Gen 1
          • 2-6, Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Assemblies - Gen 2
          • Input, Output and Reaction Gearsets - 6T30/6T40
          • Input, Output and Reaction Gearsets - 6T45/6T50
          • Front Differential Carrier Assembly (2 Pinion)
          • Front Differential Carrier Assembly (4 Pinion)
          • Park System Components
        • Component Location
        • Bushing, Bearing, and Washer Locations (Gen 2)
        • Seal Locations (GEN II)
          • Seal Locations (1 of 2)
          • Seal Locations (2 of 2)
          • Auxiliary Fluid Pump and Hybrid Seals - Hybrid Models
        • Ball Check Valve Locations (Gen 2)
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
        • Non-Shifting Clutch Function Verification Description
        • Park - Engine Running (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Park - Engine Running - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Possible Default Action
          • Reverse - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral - Engine Running (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Neutral - Engine Running - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Remains Applied to Provide Engine Braking
          • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • Low & Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Drive Range, First Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Second Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • Drive Range, Second Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Third Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Third Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applies
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default (Gen 2/Hybrid)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Fifth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear Default (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Sixth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Sixth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages (Gen 2)
          • Torque Converter and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Case - Torque Converter and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate to Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly - Channel Plate Side
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, or P062F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0634: Control Module Overtemperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0658 or P0659: Actuator High Control Circuit Group 1 Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0667, P0668, or P0669: Control Module Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06AC, P06AD, or P06AE: Control Module Power Up Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0711-P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostics Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0716, P0717, P07BF, or P07C0: Input Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0722, P0723, P077C, or P077D: Output Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0741 or P0742: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0751 or P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 Performance - Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0776 or P0777: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0796 or P0797: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0815, P0816, or P0826: Upshift Switch Circuit/Downshift Switch Circuit/Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0850-P0852: Park/Neutral Position Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0961-P0963: Line Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0965-P0967: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0969-P0971: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0973 or P0974: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1761: Up and Down Shift Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P182E or P1915: Internal Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1876: Up and Down Shift Enable Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2714 or P2715: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2719-P2721: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2723 or P2724: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 5 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2728-P2730: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2762, P2763, or P2764: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Inspection
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Input Shaft Speed/Output Shaft Speed Input Test
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Solenoid Performance Test
        • Transmission Adaptive Values Learn
          • Notes
          • Troubleshooting
        • Manual Mode or Tap Up/Down Diagnosis
        • Transmission Fluid Level and Condition Check
        • Line Pressure Check
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Step-In Downshifts
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed - Stator Roller Clutch Freewheels at All Times
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed - Stator Roller Clutch is Locked Up at All Times
          • Torque Converter Bearing Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply, Release, and ECCC
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Locked
          • Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis (Non Hybrid)
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
          • Leak Inspection Points
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Bushing and Mating Shaft Inspection
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Whine/Growl Noise
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • No Park
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No First and Reverse Gears
        • No First, Second, Third, and Fourth Gear
        • No Second and Sixth Gear
        • Harsh or Late First, Second, Third, and Fourth Shift
        • Harsh First and Reverse Shift
        • No Third, Fifth, and Reverse Gear
        • Harsh or Late Second and Sixth Shift
        • No Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Gear
        • Harsh or Late Third, Fifth, and Reverse Shift
        • Harsh Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Shift
        • Harsh Downshift
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Apply
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch Apply, or Inoperative or No Electronically Controlled Capacity Clutch Control
        • No Reverse Gear
        • Fluid Pressure High or Low
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
        • Lift Plate and Holding Fixture Installation
        • Torque Converter Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
          • Control Solenoid (With Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Torque Converter Housing with Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (Non Hybrid)
        • Differential Carrier Removal (6T40/45/50)
        • Differential Carrier Removal (6T30)
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Removal (6T40/45/50)
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Removal (6T30)
        • Internal Components Removal
        • 2-6 Clutch Piston Removal
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly and Park Pawl Actuator Removal
          • Manual Shaft Detent (w/Shift Position Switch) Lever Assembly Removal
          • Park Pawl Actuator Guide Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Removal
        • Input Shaft Support Replacement (Gen 2)
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Fluid Seal Ring Replacement (Gen 2)
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Case Side
        • Transmission Case Cleaning and Inspection
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly and Park Pawl Actuator Installation
          • Park Pawl Actuator Guide Installation
          • Park Pawl Actuator Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Installation
        • 2-6 Clutch Piston Installation (6T40/45/50)
        • 2-6 Clutch Piston Installation (6T30)
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing, Low and Reverse Clutch Assembly, Output Sun Gear, and 2-6 Clutch Plate Disassemble (Gen 2)
        • Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Disassemble
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing Disassemble (6T30/40/45/50 - Gen 2)
          • Turbine Shaft, Reluctor Wheel and Piston Removal
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Plate Removal
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Piston Removal
          • Reluctor Wheel and Piston Removal
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Plate Removal
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing Assemble (6T30/40/45/50 - Gen 2)
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Piston Installation
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Fluid Dam Installation
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
          • Reluctor Wheel and Piston Installation
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Plates Installation
          • Turbine Shaft Installation
        • Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Assemble (Gen 2)
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing, and Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Assembly and Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Piston Removal
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Assemble (6T40/45/50)
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Piston Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Assemble (6T30)
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Piston Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing, and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Installation (6T40/45/50)
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing, and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Installation (6T30)
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Cleaning and Inspection
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Installation (6T40/45/50)
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Installation (6T30)
        • Front Differential Carrier Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Differential Carrier Installation (6T40/45/50)
        • Front Differential Carrier Installation (6T30)
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Removal (6T40/45)
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Removal (6T30)
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Torque Converter Housing Side
        • Torque Converter Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Disassemble (6T40/45/50)
          • Fluid Filter Assembly and Torque Converter Fluid Seal Disassemble
          • Fluid Pump Disassemble
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Disassemble (6T30)
          • Fluid Filter Assembly and Torque Converter Fluid Seal Disassemble
          • Fluid Pump Disassemble
        • Fluid Pump Selective Measurement
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Assemble (6T40/45/50)
          • Fluid Pump w/Valve Trains Assemble
          • Torque Converter Fluid Seal and Fluid Filter Assembly Assemble
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Assemble (6T30)
          • Fluid Pump w/Valve Trains Assemble
          • Torque Converter Fluid Seal and Fluid Filter Assembly Assemble
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Installation (6T40/45)
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Installation (6T30)
        • Torque Converter Housing with Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (6T40/45/50 Non Hybrid)
        • Torque Converter Housing with Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (6T30)
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble (Gen 2)
        • Control Valve Body Cleaning and Inspection (Gen 2)
        • Control Valve Channel Plate Cleaning and Inspection (6T30/40/45/50 - Gen 2)
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Assemble (Gen 2)
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Installation
        • Control Valve Body Cover Installation
        • Torque Converter Fluid Seal Replacement
        • Torque Converter Installation
        • Lift Plate and Holding Fixture Removal
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
        • Connector Reconnection - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Lever Knob Replacement
        • Control Lever Release Pushbutton Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Replacement
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Drain and Fill
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Right Side
        • Manual Shift Shaft and Seal Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
        • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side (LUJ, LUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (With 1.2L or 1.4L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (With 1.6L or 1.8L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, Data Communication, and MIL
          • Speed and Temperature Sensors, Pressure and Shift Controls
          • Internal Mode Switch and Tap Up/Tap Down Switches
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications (Off Vehicle)
        • Fastener Specifications (On Vehicle)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (6T40/45/50)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (6T30)
        • Transmission General Specifications (6T30)
        • Transmission General Specifications (6T40/45/50)
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
        • Fluid Pump Selective Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Solenoid Valve Pressure (Gen 2)
        • Transmission Parts Kit Specifications
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1& 2)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Kit (Right Hand Side) (Gen 1 & 2)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Kit (Left Hand Side) (Gen 1 & 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1) (1 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1) (2 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2) (1 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2) (2 of 2)
          • Transmission Kit (Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Kit (Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Kit (Gen 2)
          • Clutch Plate Package (Gen 1)
          • Clutch Plate Package (Gen 2)
          • 4-5-6 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • Low and Reverse Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 3-5 Reverse Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 2-6 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 1-2-3-4 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2)
          • A/Trans Auxiliary Seal Kit (Gen 2)
    • Automatic Transmission Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flow Test and Flushing
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Connector Replacement - Radiator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Cooler Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Cooler Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Wiring Schematics
          • Shift Lock
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B270A: Park Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Short
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Transmission Control Lever Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T30 (MH9) Or 6T40 (MH8) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
        • Non-Shifting Clutch Function Verification Description
        • Park - Engine Running (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Park - Engine Running - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Possible Default Action
          • Reverse - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral - Engine Running (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Neutral - Engine Running - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Remains Applied to Provide Engine Braking
          • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • Low & Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Drive Range, First Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Second Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • Drive Range, Second Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Third Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Third Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applies
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default (Gen 2/Hybrid)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Fifth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear Default (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Sixth Gear (Gen 2)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Sixth Gear - Gen 2/Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages (Gen 2)
          • Torque Converter and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Case - Torque Converter and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate to Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly - Channel Plate Side
• External Pages